1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
71 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
72 #include "mi/mi-main.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
86 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
88 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
90 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
91 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
93 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
96 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
97 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
98 enum bptype type_wanted
);
100 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
101 struct linespec_result
*,
102 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
103 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
105 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
107 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
108 int, int, int, unsigned);
110 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
111 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
112 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
114 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
115 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
117 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
119 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
121 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
122 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
123 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
125 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
127 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
128 struct symtab_and_line
,
130 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
132 static struct breakpoint
*
133 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
135 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
138 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
140 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
144 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
145 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
146 struct obj_section
*, int);
148 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
149 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
151 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
152 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
155 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
156 const address_space
*,
159 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
160 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
162 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
164 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
166 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
170 int *other_type_used
);
172 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
175 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
176 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
177 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
179 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
181 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
182 insert locations now. */
183 enum ugll_insert_mode
185 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
186 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
187 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
188 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
189 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
190 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
191 returns true on them.
193 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
194 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
195 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
196 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
197 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
198 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
202 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
203 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
206 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
207 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
208 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
209 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
210 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
211 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
212 as no thread is running yet. */
216 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
218 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
220 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
222 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
224 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
226 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
230 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
232 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
235 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
237 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
238 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
239 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
240 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
242 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
243 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
245 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
248 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
250 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
252 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
253 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
255 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
256 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
258 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
259 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
260 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
261 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
262 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
263 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
265 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
266 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
267 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
268 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
274 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
276 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
277 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
278 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
279 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
281 static char *dprintf_function
;
283 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
284 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
285 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
286 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
287 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
288 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
289 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
291 static char *dprintf_channel
;
293 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
295 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
297 struct command_line
*
298 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
300 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
303 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
304 current breakpoint. */
306 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
309 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
311 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
312 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
314 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
316 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
319 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
320 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
321 if such is available. */
322 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
325 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
326 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
329 fprintf_filtered (file
,
330 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
331 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
335 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
336 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
337 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
338 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
339 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
341 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
342 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
345 fprintf_filtered (file
,
346 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
347 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
351 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
352 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
353 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
354 use hardware breakpoints. */
355 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
357 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
358 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
361 fprintf_filtered (file
,
362 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
366 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
367 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
368 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
369 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
370 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
371 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
372 processing user input. */
373 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
376 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
377 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
379 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
383 /* See breakpoint.h. */
386 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
388 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
390 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
391 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
392 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
395 else if (target_has_execution
)
397 if (always_inserted_mode
)
399 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
404 if (threads_are_executing ())
407 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
408 stopped, we still have events to process. */
409 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
411 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
417 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
419 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
420 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
421 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
422 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
423 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
424 condition_evaluation_auto
,
425 condition_evaluation_host
,
426 condition_evaluation_target
,
430 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
431 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
433 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
434 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
435 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
437 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
438 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
439 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
443 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
445 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
447 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
448 return condition_evaluation_target
;
450 return condition_evaluation_host
;
456 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
459 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
461 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
464 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
468 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
470 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
472 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
475 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
476 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
478 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
479 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
481 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
482 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
484 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
485 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
486 current breakpoint. */
488 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
490 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
491 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
492 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
495 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
496 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
497 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
499 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
500 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
501 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
504 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
505 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
506 to where the loop should start from.
507 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
508 appropriate location to start with. */
510 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
511 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
512 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
514 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
515 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
518 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
520 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
521 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
522 if (is_tracepoint (B))
524 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
526 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
528 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
530 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
532 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
534 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
536 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
537 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
538 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
539 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
540 an address you need to read. */
542 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
544 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
545 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
546 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
547 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
548 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
552 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
553 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
554 reported by a target. */
555 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
557 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
559 static int breakpoint_count
;
561 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
562 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
563 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
564 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
565 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
567 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
569 static int tracepoint_count
;
571 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
572 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
573 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
575 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
578 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
581 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
585 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
592 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
594 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
596 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
599 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
602 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
604 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
605 breakpoint_count
= num
;
606 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
609 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
610 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
611 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
613 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
616 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
618 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
621 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
629 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
632 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
634 struct breakpoint
*b
;
641 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
642 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
645 get_breakpoint (int num
)
647 struct breakpoint
*b
;
650 if (b
->number
== num
)
658 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
659 evaluating conditions on its side. */
662 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
664 struct bp_location
*loc
;
666 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
667 evaluating conditions and if the user has
668 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
674 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
677 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
678 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
681 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
682 evaluating conditions on its side. */
685 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
687 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
688 evaluating conditions and if the user has
689 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
691 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
692 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
696 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
699 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
702 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
703 condition_evaluation_mode. */
706 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
707 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
709 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
711 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
712 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
714 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
715 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
716 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
720 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
721 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
723 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
724 settings was "auto". */
725 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
727 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
728 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
730 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
731 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
732 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
734 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
735 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
738 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
740 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
742 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
743 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
747 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
748 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
749 target knows about. */
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
751 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
752 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
756 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
762 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
763 what "auto" is translating to. */
766 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
767 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
769 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
770 fprintf_filtered (file
,
771 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
772 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
774 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
776 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
780 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
781 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
782 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
785 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
787 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
788 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
790 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
793 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
796 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
797 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
798 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
801 static struct bp_location
**
802 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
804 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
805 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
806 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
808 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
809 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
811 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
812 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
813 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
814 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
815 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
817 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
818 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
821 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
822 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
823 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
824 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
831 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
834 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
835 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
837 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
839 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
841 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
845 struct bp_location
*loc
;
847 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
851 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
852 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
853 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
860 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
864 const char *arg
= exp
;
866 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
867 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
868 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
869 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
871 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
873 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
875 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
877 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
879 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
880 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
884 struct bp_location
*loc
;
886 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
890 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
891 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
893 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
897 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
899 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
902 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
905 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
906 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
907 const char *text
, const char *word
)
911 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
912 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
916 struct breakpoint
*b
;
920 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
921 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
922 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
926 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
933 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
935 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
936 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
942 /* We're completing the expression part. */
943 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
944 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
947 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
950 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
952 struct breakpoint
*b
;
957 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
960 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
962 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
965 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
967 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
968 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
969 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
970 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
971 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
975 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
976 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
977 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
979 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
981 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
982 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
987 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
990 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
991 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
992 Throw if any such commands is found. */
995 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
997 struct command_line
*c
;
999 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1001 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1002 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1003 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1005 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1008 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1009 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1010 command directly. */
1011 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1012 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1014 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1015 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1019 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1021 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1024 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1027 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1029 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1030 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1031 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1035 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1037 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1041 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1043 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1046 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1049 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1050 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1054 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1055 b
= new tracepoint ();
1056 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1057 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1059 b
= new breakpoint ();
1061 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1064 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1065 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1069 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1070 struct command_line
*commands
)
1072 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1074 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1075 struct command_line
*c
;
1076 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1078 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1079 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1083 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1084 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1085 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1086 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1087 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1088 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1089 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1090 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1091 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1092 tracepoint's context. */
1093 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1095 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1097 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1098 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1099 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1100 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1101 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1102 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1105 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1106 "can be used only once"));
1111 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1115 struct command_line
*c2
;
1117 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1118 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1119 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1121 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1122 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1128 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1132 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1133 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1135 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1136 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1138 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1139 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1140 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1143 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1145 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1146 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1147 found
.push_back (b
);
1153 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1154 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1157 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1158 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1160 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1162 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1163 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1166 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1167 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1171 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1173 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1176 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1177 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1180 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1181 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1184 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1186 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1189 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1193 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any task. */
1197 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1199 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1202 if (old_task
!= task
)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1207 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1208 struct command_line
*control
)
1210 counted_command_line cmd
;
1211 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1212 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1213 list of command by just typing "end". */
1214 bool cmd_read
= false;
1216 std::string new_arg
;
1218 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1220 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1221 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1223 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1224 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1225 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1228 map_breakpoint_numbers
1229 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1233 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1234 if (control
!= NULL
)
1235 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1239 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1240 "%s, one per line."),
1243 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1245 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1247 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1248 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1249 validator
= do_validate
;
1251 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1256 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1258 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1260 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1262 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1268 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1270 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1273 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1274 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1276 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1277 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1278 enum command_control_type
1279 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1281 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1282 return simple_control
;
1285 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1288 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1290 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1294 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1295 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1300 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1301 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1304 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1305 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1306 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1309 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1310 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1311 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1312 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1313 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1315 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1316 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1320 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1321 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1323 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1327 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1329 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1330 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1332 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1334 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1339 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1341 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1346 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1347 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1349 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1350 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1351 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1355 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1357 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1358 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1361 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1363 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1364 shadow_contents buffer. */
1365 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1366 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1367 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1369 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1371 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1372 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1376 const unsigned char *bp
;
1377 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1380 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1381 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1382 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1384 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1386 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1388 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1389 breakpoint's INSN. */
1390 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1394 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1395 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1397 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1398 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1399 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1401 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1402 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1403 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1404 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1405 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1406 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1407 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1408 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1410 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1413 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1414 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1415 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1417 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1419 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1421 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1422 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1423 report higher one. */
1426 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1427 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1429 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1431 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1432 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1434 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1435 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1436 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1437 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1439 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1440 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1441 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1443 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1445 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1452 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1453 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1454 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1455 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1456 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1459 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1461 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1462 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1463 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1466 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1469 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1471 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1473 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1475 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1476 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1477 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1480 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1483 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1484 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1485 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1488 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1491 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1492 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1498 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1502 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1504 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1505 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1506 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1509 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1512 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1514 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1515 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1516 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1519 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1523 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1525 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1526 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1529 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1530 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1531 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1532 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1533 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1534 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1535 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1536 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1539 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1541 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1542 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1543 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1544 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1547 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1548 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1551 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1553 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1555 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1556 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1557 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1558 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1559 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1561 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1564 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1567 static struct value
*
1568 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1570 struct value
*bit_val
;
1575 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1577 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1580 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1587 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1588 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1589 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1590 to be able to report stops. */
1593 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1594 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1596 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1598 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1599 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1600 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1601 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1604 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1605 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1608 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1610 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1612 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1613 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1614 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1617 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1618 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1619 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1620 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1622 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1624 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1625 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1628 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1629 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1630 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1631 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1632 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1633 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1634 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1635 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1637 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1638 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1639 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1640 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1641 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1642 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1643 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1644 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1647 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1648 hardware watchpoints:
1650 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1651 called several times when GDB stops.
1654 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1655 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1656 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1657 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1658 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1659 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1660 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1661 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1662 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1663 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1664 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1666 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1667 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1670 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1672 int within_current_scope
;
1673 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1676 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1677 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1678 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1679 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1682 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1687 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1688 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1689 within_current_scope
= 1;
1692 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1693 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1694 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1696 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1697 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1698 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1699 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1700 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1703 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1704 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1705 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1706 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1709 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1711 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1712 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1713 if (within_current_scope
)
1717 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1718 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1719 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1722 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1727 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1728 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1729 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1730 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1731 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1732 be completely different objects. */
1736 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1737 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1738 locations (re)created below. */
1739 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1741 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1744 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1748 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1749 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1750 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1751 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1752 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1753 if (!target_has_execution
)
1755 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1756 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1757 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1758 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1760 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1761 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1763 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1764 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1767 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1770 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1771 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1772 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1774 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1776 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1777 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1778 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1779 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1780 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1782 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1784 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1785 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1786 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1790 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1792 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1793 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1794 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1798 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1799 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1800 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1801 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1802 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1803 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1804 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1806 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1808 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1809 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1810 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1812 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1813 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1816 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1817 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1818 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1820 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1822 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1824 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1825 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1827 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1829 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1830 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1831 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1832 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1833 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1836 addr
= value_address (v
);
1839 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1844 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1846 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1849 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1850 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1853 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1855 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1856 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1860 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1861 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1864 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1871 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1872 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1873 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1878 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1879 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1881 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1885 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1888 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1889 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1890 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1892 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1893 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1894 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1895 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1898 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1899 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1902 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1904 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1905 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1906 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1907 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1911 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1913 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1914 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1917 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1918 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1920 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1922 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1923 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1924 "hardware watchpoint."));
1925 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1926 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1927 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1930 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1934 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1935 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1936 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1941 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1943 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1944 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1945 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1947 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1948 "read/access watchpoint."));
1951 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1953 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1954 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1955 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1956 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1959 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1960 above left it without any location set up. But,
1961 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1962 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1963 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1964 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1966 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1968 printf_filtered (_("\
1969 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1970 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1972 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1975 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1977 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1981 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1982 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1983 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1984 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1985 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1987 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1989 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1992 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1995 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1998 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2001 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2002 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2003 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2004 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2005 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2006 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2007 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2008 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2009 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2012 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2013 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2014 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2016 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2017 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2018 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2020 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2021 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2022 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2023 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2024 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2025 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2026 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2027 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2028 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2032 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2033 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2034 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2035 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2040 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2041 instruction that triggered one. */
2042 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2043 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2047 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2048 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2049 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2050 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2059 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2060 that the location is not duplicated. */
2063 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2066 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2069 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2070 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2074 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2075 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2076 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2077 any error during parsing. */
2079 static agent_expr_up
2080 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2085 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2087 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2088 that may show up. */
2091 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2094 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2096 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2097 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2098 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2101 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2105 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2106 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2107 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2108 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2109 one of them is true. */
2112 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2114 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2115 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2116 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2117 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2119 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2120 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2122 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2123 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2124 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2126 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2127 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2130 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2131 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2132 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2133 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2134 response back to GDB. */
2135 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2138 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2142 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2143 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2144 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2145 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2146 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2150 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2151 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2152 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2154 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2160 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2161 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2162 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2164 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2165 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2166 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2168 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2171 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2173 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2175 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2178 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2183 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2184 for this location's address. */
2185 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2189 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2190 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2191 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2194 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2195 to send the conditions to the target. */
2196 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2203 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2204 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2205 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2207 static agent_expr_up
2208 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2210 const char *cmdrest
;
2211 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2212 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2219 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2221 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2223 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2224 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2226 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2228 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2230 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2232 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2233 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2235 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2237 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2238 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2240 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2242 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2244 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2246 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2247 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2252 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2253 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2255 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2259 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2261 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2262 that may show up. */
2265 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2266 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2267 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2269 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2271 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2272 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2273 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2276 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2280 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2281 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2282 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2285 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2287 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2288 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2289 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2290 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2292 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2293 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2295 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2298 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2299 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2302 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2303 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2304 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2306 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2309 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2310 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2311 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2315 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2316 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2317 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2318 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2319 response back to GDB. */
2320 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2323 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2327 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2328 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2329 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2330 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2332 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2333 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2336 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2337 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2338 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2340 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2346 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2348 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2353 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2354 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2356 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2358 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2361 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2366 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2367 for this location's address. */
2368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2371 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2372 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2373 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2374 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2377 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2378 to send the commands to the target. */
2379 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2383 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2384 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2385 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2386 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2389 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2390 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2391 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2395 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2397 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2399 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2400 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2402 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2404 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2408 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2411 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2412 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2413 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2414 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2417 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2418 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2420 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2421 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2422 int *disabled_breaks
,
2423 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2424 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2426 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2428 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2431 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2432 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2433 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2434 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2435 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2436 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2437 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2438 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2439 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2440 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2441 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2442 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2444 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2445 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2446 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2447 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2449 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2451 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2452 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2453 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2454 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2457 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2458 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2460 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2462 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2463 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2464 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2466 Two important cases are:
2467 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2468 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2469 hardware breakpoint.
2470 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2471 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2472 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2475 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2476 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2477 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2478 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2480 struct mem_region
*mr
2481 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2485 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2487 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2489 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2490 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2492 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2494 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2496 static int said
= 0;
2498 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2501 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2502 _("Note: automatically using "
2503 "hardware breakpoints for "
2504 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2509 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2510 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2512 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2513 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2514 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2515 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2517 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2523 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2524 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2525 || bl
->section
== NULL
2526 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2528 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2533 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2535 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2537 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2539 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2544 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2545 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2546 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2548 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2549 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2550 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2551 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2552 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2556 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2558 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2559 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2560 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2562 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2567 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2568 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2569 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2570 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2571 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2574 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2576 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2578 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2581 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2582 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2583 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2584 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2588 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2589 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2591 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2596 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2598 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2600 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2602 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2607 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2608 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2613 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2615 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2617 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2618 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2619 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2620 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2621 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2622 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2623 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2624 errors as memory errors. */
2625 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2626 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2627 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2628 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2629 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2630 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2633 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2634 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2635 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2636 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2638 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2639 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2641 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2642 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2643 "library breakpoints:\n");
2645 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2646 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2647 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2652 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2654 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2655 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2656 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2657 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2659 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2660 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2666 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2669 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2670 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2673 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2675 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2679 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2680 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2695 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2696 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2697 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2698 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2702 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2703 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2705 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2707 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2708 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2709 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2711 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2713 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2714 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2718 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2719 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2723 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2724 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2731 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2732 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2735 /* Back to the original value. */
2736 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2740 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2743 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2747 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2748 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2750 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2753 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2757 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2758 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2760 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2763 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2765 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2766 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2767 so just return success. */
2774 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2775 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2779 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2781 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2782 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2784 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2787 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2788 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2791 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2792 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2793 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2795 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2797 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2799 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2800 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2801 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2803 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2804 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2806 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2812 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2813 removed locations above. */
2814 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2817 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2818 Throws exception on any error.
2819 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2820 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2822 insert_breakpoints (void)
2824 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2827 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2829 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2831 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2834 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2835 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2836 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2837 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2840 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2843 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2845 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2849 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2853 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2854 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2855 always-inserted mode. */
2858 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2860 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2863 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2864 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2865 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2867 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2869 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2870 there was an error. */
2871 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2873 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2875 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2877 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2879 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2882 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2883 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2884 deletion of breakpoints. */
2885 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2888 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2890 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2891 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2892 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2893 insert breakpoints. */
2894 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2895 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2898 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2899 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2906 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2907 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2911 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2914 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2916 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2917 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2920 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2921 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2922 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2924 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2926 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2927 there was an error. */
2928 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2930 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2932 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2934 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2937 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2938 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2939 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2940 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2941 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2944 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2946 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2947 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2948 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2949 insert breakpoints. */
2950 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2951 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2954 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2955 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2960 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2961 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2964 int some_failed
= 0;
2965 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2967 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2970 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2973 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2976 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2977 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2984 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2986 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
2988 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2989 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
2990 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2998 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2999 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3000 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3002 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3003 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3005 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3006 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3010 /* Used when the program stops.
3011 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3012 removing a breakpoint location. */
3015 remove_breakpoints (void)
3017 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3020 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3022 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3023 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3028 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3032 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3034 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3038 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3040 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3042 printf_filtered (_("\
3043 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3044 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3046 /* Hide it from the user. */
3052 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3055 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3057 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3060 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3062 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3065 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3067 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3074 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3076 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3077 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3078 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3079 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3080 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3081 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3083 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3086 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3089 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3090 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3094 static struct breakpoint
*
3095 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3096 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3097 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3099 symtab_and_line sal
;
3101 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3102 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3104 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3105 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3106 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3111 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3113 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3115 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3117 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3118 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3120 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3121 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3123 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3124 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3126 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3127 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3129 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3131 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3133 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3134 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3136 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3137 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3139 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3140 int exception_searched
= 0;
3142 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3144 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3147 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3148 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3150 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3151 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3153 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3156 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3158 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3161 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3162 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3164 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3165 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3167 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3169 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3170 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3171 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3172 return bp_objfile_data
;
3176 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3178 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3180 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3182 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3183 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3185 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3187 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3189 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3192 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3194 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3196 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3197 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3199 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3200 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3203 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3206 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3207 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3209 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3210 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3211 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3212 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3214 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3216 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3217 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3221 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3222 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3228 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3230 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3232 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3234 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3236 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3238 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3241 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3242 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3244 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3246 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3248 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3250 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3251 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3255 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3258 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3260 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3261 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3265 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3266 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3269 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3271 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3273 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3275 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3276 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3278 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3279 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3280 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3286 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3289 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3291 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3292 const char *func_name
;
3294 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3296 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3299 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3300 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3302 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3304 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3305 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3307 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3308 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3311 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3314 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3315 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3316 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3317 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3318 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3319 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3320 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3326 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3328 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3330 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3331 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3333 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3335 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3339 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3341 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3343 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3344 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3345 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3347 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3349 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3352 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3354 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3356 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3357 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3358 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3360 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3361 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3364 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3367 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3368 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3369 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3370 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3371 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3372 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3373 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3374 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3379 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3382 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3384 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3386 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3388 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3389 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3392 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3394 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3396 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3397 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3399 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3400 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3404 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3407 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3409 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3410 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3414 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3415 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3418 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3420 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3422 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3424 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3425 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3426 bp_exception_master
,
3427 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3428 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3429 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3435 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3437 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3440 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3442 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3444 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3446 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3447 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3449 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3453 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3456 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3457 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3458 current_top_target ());
3459 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3460 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3461 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3462 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3463 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3464 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3468 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3471 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3473 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3477 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3479 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3480 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3482 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3483 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3484 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3485 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3486 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3487 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3488 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3489 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3490 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3491 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3492 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3494 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3496 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3499 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3500 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3502 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3506 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3507 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3509 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3513 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3514 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3515 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3516 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3517 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3519 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3523 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3524 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3526 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3530 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3531 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3533 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3537 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3539 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3540 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3541 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3543 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3547 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3549 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3550 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3551 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3552 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3556 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3557 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3558 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3559 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3560 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3561 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3563 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3564 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3565 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3566 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3567 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3568 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3569 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3571 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3572 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3573 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3574 let finish_command delete it.
3576 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3577 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3578 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3579 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3580 solib breakpoints.) */
3582 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3587 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3588 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3590 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3592 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3599 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3601 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3603 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3604 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3606 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3607 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3609 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3610 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3613 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3616 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3617 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3618 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3619 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3620 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3621 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3622 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3626 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3632 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3633 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3634 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3635 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3636 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3639 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3643 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3644 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3646 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3647 This should not ever happen. */
3648 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3650 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3651 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3653 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3654 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3655 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3657 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3658 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3659 || bl
->section
== NULL
3660 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3662 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3664 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3665 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3666 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3667 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3668 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3669 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3670 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3671 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3672 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3673 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3674 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3675 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3676 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3677 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3678 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3679 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3680 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3681 they should always be removed. */
3682 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3683 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3684 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3687 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3691 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3692 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3693 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3695 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3696 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3698 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3699 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3700 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3701 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3702 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3704 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3705 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3708 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3709 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3712 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3713 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3714 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3715 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3717 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3718 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3719 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3720 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3721 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3722 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3728 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3733 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3734 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3735 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3736 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3737 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3738 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3739 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3740 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3741 always-inserted mode. */
3743 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3744 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3745 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3746 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3752 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3754 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3756 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3757 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3759 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3760 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3762 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3763 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3764 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3767 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3768 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3771 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3772 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3774 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3778 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3785 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3787 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3788 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3790 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3791 This should not ever happen. */
3792 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3794 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3796 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3798 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3801 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3804 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3806 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3808 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3809 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3813 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3814 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3816 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3819 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3820 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3821 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3826 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3828 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3829 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3831 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3833 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3836 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3840 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3846 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3848 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3849 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3852 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3854 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3856 case bp_shlib_event
:
3858 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3859 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3860 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3861 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3862 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3864 (gdb) file prog-linux
3865 (gdb) run # native linux target
3868 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3869 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3872 case bp_step_resume
:
3874 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3876 case bp_single_step
:
3878 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3880 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3884 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3885 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3886 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3888 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3890 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3891 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3895 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3896 valid. New ones will be created in
3897 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3898 The next update_global_location_list call will
3899 garbage collect them. */
3902 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3904 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3905 insert_breakpoints. */
3906 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3917 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3918 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
3919 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3920 moribund_locations
.clear ();
3923 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3924 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3925 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3926 match, not program space. */
3928 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3929 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3930 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3931 permanent breakpoint.
3932 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3933 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3934 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3935 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3936 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3938 enum breakpoint_here
3939 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3941 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3942 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3946 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3947 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3950 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3951 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3953 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3955 if (overlay_debugging
3956 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3957 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3958 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3959 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3960 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3962 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3966 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
3969 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3972 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
3973 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3975 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3977 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3979 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3980 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3983 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3985 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
3988 if (overlay_debugging
3989 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3990 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3992 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4003 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4006 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4008 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4009 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4015 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4019 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4020 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4023 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4026 if (overlay_debugging
4027 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4028 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4029 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4036 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4039 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4041 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4043 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4045 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4047 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4048 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4051 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4057 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4061 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4064 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4066 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4068 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4070 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4073 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4080 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4083 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4086 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4088 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4090 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4092 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4095 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4103 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4104 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4106 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4110 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4112 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4113 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4116 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4119 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4120 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4124 /* Check for intersection. */
4125 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4126 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4135 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4139 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4141 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4144 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4147 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4149 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4150 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4153 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4154 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4157 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4174 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4176 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4177 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4178 commands (other
.commands
),
4179 print (other
.print
),
4181 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4183 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4184 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4185 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4188 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4189 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4192 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4196 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4201 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4203 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4206 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4216 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4219 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4224 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4226 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4232 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4235 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4237 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4239 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4241 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4243 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4248 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4257 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4258 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4259 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4260 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4262 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4263 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4265 Return 1 otherwise. */
4268 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4270 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4273 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4275 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4276 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4277 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4278 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4279 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4281 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4283 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4287 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4290 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4294 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4297 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4298 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4300 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4301 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4305 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4308 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4310 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4312 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4314 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4315 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4316 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4317 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4318 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4322 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4325 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4326 or its equivalent. */
4329 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4331 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4334 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4335 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4336 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4337 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4339 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4340 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4341 bpstat of the current thread. */
4344 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4349 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4351 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4354 scoped_restore save_executing
4355 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4357 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4359 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4362 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4363 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4365 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4367 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4369 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4370 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4371 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4372 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4373 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4374 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4375 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4376 the tree when we're done. */
4377 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4378 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4381 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4383 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4389 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4391 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4397 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4399 if (current_ui
->async
)
4400 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4401 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4402 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4405 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4406 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4407 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4408 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4409 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4410 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4411 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4412 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4413 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4414 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4415 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4416 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4417 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4425 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4426 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4428 static thread_info
*
4429 get_bpstat_thread ()
4431 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
)
4434 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4435 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4441 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4443 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4446 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4447 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4449 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4450 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4451 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4452 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4453 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4457 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4460 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4463 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4466 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4469 struct value_print_options opts
;
4470 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4471 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4475 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4476 debugging multiple threads. */
4479 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4481 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4486 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4489 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4491 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4492 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4494 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4497 uiout
->text (" \"");
4498 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4502 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4506 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4507 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4508 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4509 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4512 static enum print_stop_action
4513 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4515 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4518 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4519 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4523 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4524 relevant messages. */
4525 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4528 case print_it_normal
:
4530 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4532 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4533 which has since been deleted. */
4535 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4537 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4538 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4543 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4544 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4549 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4552 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4554 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4555 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4559 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4560 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4562 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4563 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4566 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4567 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4568 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4572 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4573 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4574 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4576 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4579 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4580 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4581 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4587 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4588 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4590 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4593 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4595 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4596 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4601 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4602 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4603 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4604 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4605 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4606 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4607 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4610 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4611 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4612 code to print the location. An example is
4613 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4615 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4616 to also print the location part of the message.
4617 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4618 don't require a location appended to the end.
4619 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4620 further info to be printed. */
4622 enum print_stop_action
4623 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4625 enum print_stop_action val
;
4627 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4628 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4629 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4630 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4631 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4633 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4634 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4635 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4636 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4640 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4641 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4642 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4643 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4645 print_solib_event (0);
4646 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4649 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4650 with and nothing was printed. */
4651 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4654 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4657 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4659 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4660 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4662 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4666 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4668 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4670 bp_location_at (bl
),
4671 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4675 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4677 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4678 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4679 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4684 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4685 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4689 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4693 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4694 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4697 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4699 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4701 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4703 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4705 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4706 as not triggered. */
4708 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4710 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4712 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4718 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4720 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4721 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4723 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4725 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4727 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4733 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4734 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4738 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4740 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4741 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4743 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4744 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4746 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4748 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4749 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4751 if (newaddr
== start
)
4753 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4757 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4758 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4762 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4771 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4772 enum wp_check_result
4774 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4777 /* The value has changed. */
4778 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4780 /* The value has not changed. */
4781 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4783 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4787 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4788 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4790 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4793 static wp_check_result
4794 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4796 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4797 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4798 int within_current_scope
;
4800 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4801 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4802 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4804 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4805 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4806 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4807 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4810 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4811 within_current_scope
= 1;
4814 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4815 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4816 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4818 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4819 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4820 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4821 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4822 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4823 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4824 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4825 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4826 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4827 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4830 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4831 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4833 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4834 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4835 if (within_current_scope
)
4837 struct symbol
*function
;
4839 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4840 if (function
== NULL
4841 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4842 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4843 within_current_scope
= 0;
4846 if (within_current_scope
)
4847 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4848 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4853 if (within_current_scope
)
4855 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4856 time before we return to the command level and call
4857 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4858 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4862 struct value
*new_val
;
4864 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4865 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4866 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4867 a mask watchpoint. */
4868 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4870 mark
= value_mark ();
4871 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4873 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4874 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4876 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4877 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4878 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4879 not what we want. */
4880 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4881 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4884 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4885 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4887 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4888 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4889 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4893 /* Nothing changed. */
4894 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4895 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4900 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4901 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4902 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4903 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4904 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4905 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4906 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4907 the first value assigned). */
4908 /* We print all the stop information in
4909 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4910 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4911 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4914 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4916 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4918 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4920 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4921 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4922 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4923 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4924 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4927 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4929 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4935 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4936 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4937 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4940 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4941 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4942 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4944 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4946 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4947 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4949 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4952 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4953 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4956 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4958 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4959 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4961 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4962 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4963 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4964 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4965 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4968 int must_check_value
= 0;
4970 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4971 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4973 must_check_value
= 1;
4974 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4975 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4976 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4978 must_check_value
= 1;
4979 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4980 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4981 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4982 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4983 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4984 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4985 must_check_value
= 1;
4987 if (must_check_value
)
4993 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
4995 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
4997 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
4998 "Error evaluating expression "
4999 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5002 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5004 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5007 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5014 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5015 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5019 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5022 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5023 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5025 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5027 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5028 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5029 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5030 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5031 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5032 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5033 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5036 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5037 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5040 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5041 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5042 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5043 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5045 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5046 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5047 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5050 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5051 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5052 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5053 changes. This still gives false positives when
5054 the program writes the same value to memory as
5055 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5056 it for a read), but it's much better than
5059 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5061 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5063 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5065 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5066 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5067 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5069 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5070 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5072 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5073 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5075 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5081 if (other_write_watchpoint
5082 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5084 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5085 and the value changed since the last time we
5086 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5088 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5093 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5094 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5095 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5097 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5098 the value hasn't changed. */
5099 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5109 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5111 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5112 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5113 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5114 anything for this watchpoint. */
5115 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5121 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5122 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5123 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5124 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5127 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5129 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5130 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5132 bool condition_result
= true;
5133 struct expression
*cond
;
5135 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5137 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5138 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5139 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5140 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5141 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5143 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5144 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5145 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5147 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5148 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5154 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5155 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5157 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5158 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5164 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5166 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5168 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5170 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5172 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5175 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5177 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5179 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5180 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5182 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5183 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5184 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5185 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5187 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5189 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5190 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5194 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5195 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5196 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5197 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5198 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5200 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5201 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5204 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5206 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5207 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5208 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5209 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5210 really matter which instantiation of the function
5211 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5212 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5213 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5214 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5215 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5216 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5217 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5218 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5220 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5222 select_frame (frame
);
5224 within_current_scope
= 0;
5226 if (within_current_scope
)
5230 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5232 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5234 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5235 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5240 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5241 "in the current scope"));
5242 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5243 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5245 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5246 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5249 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5253 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5257 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5259 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5263 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5264 on the current target. */
5267 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5269 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5270 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5271 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5272 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5275 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5278 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5279 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5281 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5282 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5286 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5289 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5291 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5292 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5293 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5294 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5295 checked all locations already. */
5296 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5299 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5302 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5305 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5308 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5311 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5312 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5313 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5317 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5318 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5319 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5321 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5323 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5325 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5330 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5331 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5332 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5334 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5336 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5337 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5339 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5340 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5343 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5351 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5354 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5355 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5356 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5359 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5360 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5361 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5363 int need_remove_insert
;
5366 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5367 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5368 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5369 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5370 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5371 inferior function calls. */
5372 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5373 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5375 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5376 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5377 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5379 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5381 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5383 handle_solib_event ();
5388 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5389 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5390 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5394 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5399 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5400 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5403 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5408 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5410 /* We will stop here. */
5411 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5413 --(b
->enable_count
);
5414 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5415 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5420 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5421 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5422 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5425 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5430 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5432 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5433 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5436 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5437 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5438 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5440 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5441 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5442 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5444 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5445 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5447 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5449 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5450 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5453 if (need_remove_insert
)
5454 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5455 else if (removed_any
)
5456 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5462 handle_jit_event (void)
5464 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5465 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5468 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5470 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5471 breakpoint_re_set. */
5472 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5474 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5475 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5477 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5479 target_terminal::inferior ();
5482 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5484 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5487 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5489 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5492 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5493 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5494 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5496 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5498 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5499 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5500 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5503 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5505 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5506 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5510 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5517 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5518 case bp_single_step
:
5521 case bp_shlib_event
:
5525 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5527 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5530 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5533 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5534 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5535 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5539 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5541 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5545 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5546 This requires no further action. */
5550 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5554 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5555 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5558 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5560 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5561 case bp_exception_resume
:
5564 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5565 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5568 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5570 case bp_step_resume
:
5572 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5575 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5576 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5579 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5581 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5584 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5585 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5588 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5589 case bp_thread_event
:
5590 case bp_overlay_event
:
5591 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5592 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5593 case bp_exception_master
:
5594 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5600 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5602 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5606 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5607 This requires no further action. */
5611 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5614 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5615 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5616 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5617 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5619 case bp_std_terminate
:
5620 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5621 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5622 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5623 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5626 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5627 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5628 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5629 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5631 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5632 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5634 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5635 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5636 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5638 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5639 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5640 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5641 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5646 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5648 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5652 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5653 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5656 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5663 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5667 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5669 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5676 handle_jit_event ();
5678 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5679 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5681 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5682 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5688 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5689 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5690 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5693 bpstat_should_step (void)
5695 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5698 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5704 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5706 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5715 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5716 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5717 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5720 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5722 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5723 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5727 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5729 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5731 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5732 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5733 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5738 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5744 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5745 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5747 "host": Host evals condition.
5748 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5749 "target": Target evals condition.
5753 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5755 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5756 char host_evals
= 0;
5757 char target_evals
= 0;
5762 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5765 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5766 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5767 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5769 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5771 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5777 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5778 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5779 else if (target_evals
)
5780 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5782 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5785 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5786 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5789 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5791 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5794 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5795 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5796 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5798 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5799 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5801 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5804 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5807 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5808 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5810 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5812 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5814 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5818 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5820 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5821 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5822 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5824 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5828 uiout
->text ("in ");
5829 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
),
5830 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION
);
5832 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5833 uiout
->text ("at ");
5835 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5836 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5837 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
5840 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5841 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5843 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5849 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5851 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5855 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5856 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5857 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5858 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5859 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5860 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5862 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5866 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5870 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5871 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5872 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5875 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5876 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5882 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5884 struct ep_type_description
5887 const char *description
;
5889 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5891 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5892 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5893 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5894 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5895 {bp_until
, "until"},
5896 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5897 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5898 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5899 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5900 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5901 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5902 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5903 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5904 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5905 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5906 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5907 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5908 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5909 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5910 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5911 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5912 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5913 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5914 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5915 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5916 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5917 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5918 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5919 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5920 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5921 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5922 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5923 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5924 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5927 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5928 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5929 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5930 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5933 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5936 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5937 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5940 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5941 const char *field_name
,
5942 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5945 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5947 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5948 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5949 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5952 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
5954 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
5960 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
5961 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
5966 uiout
->text (" inf ");
5970 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
5975 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5978 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5979 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5981 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5984 struct command_line
*l
;
5985 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5987 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5988 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5989 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5990 struct value_print_options opts
;
5992 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5994 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5995 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5996 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5999 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6000 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6008 if (part_of_multiple
)
6009 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6011 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6015 if (part_of_multiple
)
6016 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6018 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6022 if (part_of_multiple
)
6023 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6025 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6029 if (part_of_multiple
)
6030 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6032 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6035 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6036 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6041 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6042 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6046 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6047 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6048 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6050 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6052 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6053 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6054 is relatively readable). */
6055 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6056 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6058 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6063 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6064 case bp_single_step
:
6068 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6069 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6071 case bp_exception_resume
:
6072 case bp_step_resume
:
6073 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6074 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6076 case bp_std_terminate
:
6077 case bp_shlib_event
:
6078 case bp_thread_event
:
6079 case bp_overlay_event
:
6080 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6081 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6082 case bp_exception_master
:
6084 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6085 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6088 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6089 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6090 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6093 if (header_of_multiple
)
6094 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6095 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6096 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6098 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6099 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6102 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6103 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6110 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6112 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6115 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6117 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6118 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6121 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6122 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6124 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6125 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6126 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6127 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6128 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6129 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6131 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6134 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6136 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6138 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6139 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6140 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6141 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6143 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6145 uiout
->text (" task ");
6146 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6152 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6153 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6155 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6158 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6159 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6161 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6162 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6166 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6169 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6170 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6172 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6173 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6175 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6176 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6177 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6178 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6179 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6182 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6183 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6184 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6189 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6191 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6192 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6193 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6194 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6197 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6199 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6204 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6208 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6209 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6210 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6211 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6212 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6214 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6215 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6216 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6217 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6218 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6220 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6224 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6225 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6226 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6230 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6233 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6234 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6235 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6238 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6239 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6240 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6241 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6244 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6245 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6246 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6247 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6248 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6250 uiout
->text ("next ");
6251 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6252 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6255 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6257 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6259 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6261 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6262 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6263 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6267 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6268 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6271 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6272 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6275 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6277 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6279 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6281 annotate_field (10);
6282 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6283 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6284 uiout
->text (" \n");
6287 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6289 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6291 annotate_field (11);
6293 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6294 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6295 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6301 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6302 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6307 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6309 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6311 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6313 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6315 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6316 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6317 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6318 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6322 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6324 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6327 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6328 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6331 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6332 bool use_fixed_output
6333 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6334 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6336 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6337 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6339 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6341 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6342 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6344 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6345 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6346 locations, if any. */
6347 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6349 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6350 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6351 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6354 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6355 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6357 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6358 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6360 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6362 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6363 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6365 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6366 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6369 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6371 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6372 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6379 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6381 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6382 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6384 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6385 address to print. */
6386 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6389 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6393 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6394 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6395 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6398 return print_address_bits
;
6401 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6404 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6406 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6407 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6410 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6411 internal or momentary. */
6414 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6416 return b
->number
> 0;
6419 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6422 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6424 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6427 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6428 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6429 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6430 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6431 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6432 breakpoints listed. */
6435 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6436 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6438 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6439 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6440 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6441 struct value_print_options opts
;
6442 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6443 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6444 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6446 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6448 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6449 required for address fields. */
6450 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6453 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6454 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6457 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6458 accept. Skip the others. */
6459 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6461 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6463 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6467 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6469 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6471 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6472 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6473 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6475 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6476 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6477 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6479 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6484 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6485 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6486 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6489 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6490 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6491 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6493 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6494 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6496 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6497 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6499 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6500 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6502 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6503 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6505 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6507 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6508 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6510 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6512 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6514 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6515 uiout
->table_body ();
6516 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6517 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6522 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6523 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6526 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6527 accept. Skip the others. */
6529 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6531 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6533 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6536 else /* all others */
6538 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6542 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6544 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6545 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6549 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6551 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6555 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6556 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6558 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6564 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6565 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6568 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6569 there have been breakpoints? */
6570 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6572 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6575 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6576 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6579 default_collect_info (void)
6581 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6583 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6584 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6586 if (!*default_collect
)
6589 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6591 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6592 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6593 uiout
->text (" \n");
6597 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6599 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6601 default_collect_info ();
6605 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6607 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6608 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6610 if (num_printed
== 0)
6612 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6613 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6615 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6620 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6622 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6624 default_collect_info ();
6628 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6629 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6630 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6632 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6634 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6636 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6637 && bl
->address
== pc
6638 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6644 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6645 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6649 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6650 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6651 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6654 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6657 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6658 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6662 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6663 else /* if (others == ???) */
6664 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6666 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6669 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6670 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6671 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6672 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6673 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6674 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6675 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6676 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6680 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6682 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6683 fputs_styled (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), address_style
.style (), gdb_stdout
);
6684 printf_filtered (".\n");
6689 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6690 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6691 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6692 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6694 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6695 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6696 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6697 breakpoint location at address zero:
6705 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6707 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6709 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6712 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6713 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6716 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6717 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6719 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6720 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6722 /* Both of them must exist. */
6723 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6724 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6726 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6727 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6728 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6729 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6730 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6731 other watchpoint. */
6733 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6735 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6736 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6738 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6740 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6741 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6744 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6745 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6746 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6747 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6748 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6749 become hw_access locations later. */
6750 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6751 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6752 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6753 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6756 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6759 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6760 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6762 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6763 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6767 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6768 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6769 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6770 space doesn't really matter. */
6773 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6775 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6778 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6779 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6780 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6783 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6784 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6785 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6786 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6789 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6790 const address_space
*aspace
,
6793 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6796 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6797 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6801 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6802 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6803 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6804 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6805 doesn't really matter. */
6808 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6809 const address_space
*aspace
,
6810 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6812 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6813 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6815 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6817 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6823 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6824 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6825 true, otherwise returns false. */
6828 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6829 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6831 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6832 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6833 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6834 different locations. */
6835 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6840 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6841 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6842 represent the same location. */
6845 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6846 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6848 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6850 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6851 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6852 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6854 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6855 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6857 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6860 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6861 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6862 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6864 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6865 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6866 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6867 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6871 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6872 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6874 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6875 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6879 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6880 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6882 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6883 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6885 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6888 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6889 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6890 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6891 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6894 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6895 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6897 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6898 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6899 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6900 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6901 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6903 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6904 have their addresses modified. */
6907 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6909 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6910 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6911 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6912 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6913 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6914 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6919 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6921 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6923 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6924 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6925 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6928 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6930 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6931 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6933 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6934 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6936 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6940 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
6942 bp_location
*loc
= this;
6945 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6946 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6949 switch (owner
->type
)
6952 case bp_single_step
:
6956 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6957 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6959 case bp_exception_resume
:
6960 case bp_step_resume
:
6961 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6962 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6964 case bp_std_terminate
:
6965 case bp_shlib_event
:
6966 case bp_thread_event
:
6967 case bp_overlay_event
:
6969 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6970 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6971 case bp_exception_master
:
6972 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6973 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6975 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6976 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6978 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6979 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6980 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6982 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6983 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6984 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6985 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6990 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6991 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6992 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6995 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7001 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7003 static struct bp_location
*
7004 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7006 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7010 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7015 /* Increment reference count. */
7018 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7023 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7024 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7027 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7029 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7031 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7032 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7036 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7039 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7041 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7042 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7044 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7045 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7047 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7049 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7054 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7060 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7063 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7064 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7066 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7068 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7072 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7073 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7074 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7075 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7078 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7079 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7081 static struct breakpoint
*
7082 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7084 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7086 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7088 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7089 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7092 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7095 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7097 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7099 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7100 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7101 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7103 const char *function_name
;
7105 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7106 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7107 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7109 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7111 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7113 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7114 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7116 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7117 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7118 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7119 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7121 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7125 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7128 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7132 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7134 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7137 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7139 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7144 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7145 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7146 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7148 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7149 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7150 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7153 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7154 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7157 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7159 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7161 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7162 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7164 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7165 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7167 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7168 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7171 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7172 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7173 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7174 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7175 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7176 is also returned as the value of this function.
7178 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7179 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7180 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7181 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7182 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7183 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7184 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7187 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7188 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7189 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7191 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7193 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7194 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7197 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7198 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7199 initiated the operation. */
7202 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7204 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7205 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7207 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7208 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7209 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7210 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7212 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7213 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7214 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7216 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7217 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7219 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7220 after their removal. */
7221 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7222 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7223 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7226 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7229 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7231 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7233 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7235 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7236 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7238 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7239 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7244 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7246 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7248 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7249 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7251 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7252 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7256 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7257 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7258 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7262 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7264 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7267 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7269 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7271 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7272 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7274 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7276 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7278 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7281 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7282 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7283 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7284 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7290 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7291 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7294 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7295 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7299 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7301 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7303 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7304 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7306 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7308 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7309 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7310 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7311 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7314 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7316 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7318 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7319 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7320 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7322 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7327 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7329 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7332 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7334 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7335 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7336 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7341 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7343 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7346 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7348 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7349 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7350 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7354 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7355 master breakpoint. */
7357 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7359 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7361 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7362 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7363 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7365 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7366 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7370 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7372 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7374 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7376 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7377 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7378 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7382 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7384 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7386 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7387 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7389 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7390 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7391 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7393 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7398 struct lang_and_radix
7404 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7407 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7409 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7410 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7413 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7416 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7418 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7421 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7422 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7423 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7427 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7429 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7432 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7433 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7434 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7437 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7440 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7442 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7445 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7446 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7447 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7450 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7451 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7452 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7454 static struct breakpoint
*
7455 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7456 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7458 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7460 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7461 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7462 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7467 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7469 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7472 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7475 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7477 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7479 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7481 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7482 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7484 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7490 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7491 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7494 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7496 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7498 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7500 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7501 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7503 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7504 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7505 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7506 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7507 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7508 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7509 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7510 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7511 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7512 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7513 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7514 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7517 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7522 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7523 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7524 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7527 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7529 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7530 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7532 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7534 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7535 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7537 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7538 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7539 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7540 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7541 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7542 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7543 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7544 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7545 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7547 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7548 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7549 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7550 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7553 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7554 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7556 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7558 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7559 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7560 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7563 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7568 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7569 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7570 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7573 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7575 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7577 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7580 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7581 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7582 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7583 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7584 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7585 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7586 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7587 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7588 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7589 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7591 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7592 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7597 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7598 int bp_modified
= 0;
7600 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7603 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7605 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7607 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7608 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7611 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7614 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7617 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7618 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7621 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7623 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7624 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7625 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7626 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7627 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7630 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7637 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7641 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7643 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7644 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7645 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7647 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7649 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7650 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7651 catchpoint has triggered. */
7652 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7655 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7659 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7661 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7664 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7668 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7670 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7673 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7677 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7678 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7679 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7681 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7683 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7686 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7690 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7693 static enum print_stop_action
7694 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7696 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7697 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7698 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7700 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7701 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7702 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7703 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7705 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7706 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7708 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7709 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7711 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7712 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7713 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7714 uiout
->text ("), ");
7715 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7718 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7722 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7724 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7725 struct value_print_options opts
;
7726 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7728 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7730 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7731 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7733 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7734 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7736 uiout
->text ("fork");
7737 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7739 uiout
->text (", process ");
7740 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7744 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7745 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7748 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7752 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7754 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7757 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7761 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7764 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7767 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7769 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7771 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7775 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7777 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7780 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7784 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7786 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7789 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7793 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7794 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7795 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7797 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7799 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7802 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7806 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7809 static enum print_stop_action
7810 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7812 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7813 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7814 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7816 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7817 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7818 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7819 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7821 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7822 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7824 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7825 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7827 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7828 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7829 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7830 uiout
->text ("), ");
7831 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7834 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7838 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7840 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7841 struct value_print_options opts
;
7842 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7844 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7845 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7846 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7848 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7849 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7851 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7852 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7854 uiout
->text (", process ");
7855 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7859 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7860 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7863 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7867 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7869 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7872 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7876 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7878 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7879 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7882 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7884 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7886 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7887 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7888 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7890 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7892 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7894 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7895 unsigned char is_load
;
7897 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7898 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7900 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7903 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7905 xfree (this->regex
);
7909 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7915 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7921 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7922 const address_space
*aspace
,
7924 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7926 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7927 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7929 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7934 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7936 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7939 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7942 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7945 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7947 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7956 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7958 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7959 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7963 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7966 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7972 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
7975 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7981 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7984 static enum print_stop_action
7985 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7987 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7988 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7990 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7991 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7992 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7993 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7995 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7996 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7998 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7999 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8000 print_solib_event (1);
8001 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8005 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8007 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8008 struct value_print_options opts
;
8009 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8011 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8012 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8013 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8015 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8018 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8026 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8028 msg
= _("load of library");
8033 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8035 msg
= _("unload of library");
8037 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8039 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8040 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8044 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8046 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8048 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8049 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8053 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8055 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8057 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8058 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8059 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8061 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8062 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8065 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8067 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8068 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8069 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8070 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8071 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8072 created in an enabled state. */
8075 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8077 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8081 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8083 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8087 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8088 _("Invalid regexp")));
8089 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8092 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8093 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8094 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8096 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8098 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8101 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8105 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8106 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8109 const int enabled
= 1;
8111 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8113 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8117 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8118 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8120 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8124 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8125 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8127 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8130 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8131 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8132 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8133 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8136 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8137 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8138 const char *cond_string
,
8139 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8141 symtab_and_line sal
;
8142 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8144 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8146 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8147 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8151 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8153 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8154 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8155 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8156 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8159 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8162 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8166 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8167 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8168 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8170 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8172 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8174 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8176 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8179 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8181 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8182 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8183 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8185 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8187 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8189 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8190 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8192 char *exec_pathname
;
8195 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8197 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8199 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8203 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8205 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8209 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8211 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8215 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8216 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8217 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8219 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8221 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8224 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8228 static enum print_stop_action
8229 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8231 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8232 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8233 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8235 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8236 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8237 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8238 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8240 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8241 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8243 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8244 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8246 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8247 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8248 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8249 uiout
->text ("), ");
8251 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8255 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8257 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8258 struct value_print_options opts
;
8259 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8261 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8263 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8264 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8265 is relatively readable). */
8266 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8267 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8269 uiout
->text ("exec");
8270 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8272 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8273 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8274 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8277 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8278 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8282 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8284 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8287 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8291 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8293 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8294 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8297 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8300 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8303 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8304 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8308 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8309 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8311 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8313 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8320 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8324 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8327 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8329 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8332 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8334 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8336 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8342 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8343 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8344 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8345 types _not_ TYPE. */
8348 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8349 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8352 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8354 *other_type_used
= 0;
8359 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8362 if (b
->type
== type
)
8363 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8364 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8365 *other_type_used
= 1;
8372 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8374 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8378 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8380 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8381 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8387 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8389 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8393 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8395 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8396 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8402 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8404 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8405 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8409 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8411 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8412 breakpoint_re_set ();
8415 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8418 static struct breakpoint
*
8419 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8421 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8423 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8424 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8426 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8427 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8430 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8432 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8435 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8436 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8440 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8441 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8443 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8445 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8447 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8449 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8450 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8451 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8452 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8454 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8456 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8458 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8461 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8462 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8463 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8465 static struct breakpoint
*
8466 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8468 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8471 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8473 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8474 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8475 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8477 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8478 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8479 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8480 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8481 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8482 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8483 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8484 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8485 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8486 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8487 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8488 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8490 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8491 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8492 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8494 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8498 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8502 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8504 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8508 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8512 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8515 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8517 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8519 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8520 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8522 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8526 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8529 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8531 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8532 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8536 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8538 static struct bp_location
*
8539 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8540 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8542 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8543 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8544 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8546 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8547 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8549 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8550 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8551 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8552 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8553 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8554 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8555 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8558 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8559 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8560 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8561 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8566 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8567 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8568 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8569 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8570 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8571 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8572 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8573 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8574 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8575 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8576 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8577 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8578 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8580 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8582 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8583 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8584 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8585 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8586 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8587 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8588 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8589 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8590 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8591 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8592 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8593 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8595 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8602 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8605 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8609 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8610 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8613 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8615 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8619 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8621 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8622 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8623 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8624 scoped_restore restore_memory
8625 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8627 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8628 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8634 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8635 return 0 otherwise. */
8638 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8640 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8642 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8643 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8644 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8646 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8649 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8650 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8651 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8654 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8655 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8658 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8660 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8661 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8666 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8668 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8670 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8672 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8674 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8675 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8677 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8678 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8679 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8681 if (!dprintf_function
)
8682 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8684 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8685 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8690 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8694 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8696 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8697 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8700 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8701 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8705 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8706 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8708 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8710 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8711 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8712 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8714 command_lines_deleter ()));
8717 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8718 current style settings. */
8721 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8722 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8724 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8728 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8729 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8733 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8734 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8735 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8736 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8739 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8740 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8741 event_location_up
&&location
,
8742 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8743 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8744 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8745 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8746 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8747 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8748 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8749 int display_canonical
)
8753 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8755 int target_resources_ok
;
8757 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8758 target_resources_ok
=
8759 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8761 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8762 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8763 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8764 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8767 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8769 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8771 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8775 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8777 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8779 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8780 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8783 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8785 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8789 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8790 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8791 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8792 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8793 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8795 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8796 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8798 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8800 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8801 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8803 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8805 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8806 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8808 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8811 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8813 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8815 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8817 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8819 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8821 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8823 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8825 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8827 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8830 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8831 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8838 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8839 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8845 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8847 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8848 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8850 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8853 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8854 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8855 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8857 if (b
->extra_string
)
8858 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8860 error (_("Format string required"));
8862 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8863 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8866 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8867 if (location
!= NULL
)
8868 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8870 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8871 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8875 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8876 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8877 event_location_up
&&location
,
8878 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8879 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8880 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8881 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8882 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8883 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8884 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8885 int display_canonical
)
8887 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8889 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8890 sals
, std::move (location
),
8892 std::move (cond_string
),
8893 std::move (extra_string
),
8895 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8897 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8900 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8903 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8904 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8905 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8906 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8907 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8908 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8909 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8910 we take just a single condition string.
8912 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8913 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8914 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8915 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8916 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8919 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8920 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8921 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8922 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8923 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8924 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8925 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8926 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8928 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8929 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8931 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8933 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8934 'break', without arguments. */
8935 event_location_up location
8936 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8937 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8938 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8939 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8941 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8942 std::move (location
),
8943 std::move (filter_string
),
8944 std::move (cond_string
),
8945 std::move (extra_string
),
8947 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8948 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8949 canonical
->special_display
);
8953 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8954 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8955 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8956 linespec locations).
8958 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8959 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8962 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
8963 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8965 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8967 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8969 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8973 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8974 breakpoint address. */
8975 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8977 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8978 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8979 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8980 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8981 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8982 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8983 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8985 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8987 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8988 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8989 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8990 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8991 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8993 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8995 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8997 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8999 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9003 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9007 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9008 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9009 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9010 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9012 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9013 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9014 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9015 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9017 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9019 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9020 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9024 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9027 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9028 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9029 get_last_displayed_line (),
9030 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9035 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9036 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9040 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9041 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9044 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9046 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9047 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9050 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9051 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9052 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9053 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9054 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9058 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9059 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9061 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9063 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9065 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9066 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9067 associated with SAL. */
9071 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9072 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9073 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9077 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9078 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9079 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9080 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9081 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9082 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9085 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9086 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9089 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9096 const char *end_tok
;
9098 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9099 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9101 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9103 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9105 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9109 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9111 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9113 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9115 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9116 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9118 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9120 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9123 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9126 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9128 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9129 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9132 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9137 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9139 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9140 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9141 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9146 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9150 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9154 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9156 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9157 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9159 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9162 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9164 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9166 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9168 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9169 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9170 if (markers
.empty ())
9171 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9172 marker_str
.c_str ());
9174 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9175 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9177 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9179 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9180 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9181 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9188 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9191 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9192 const struct event_location
*location
,
9193 const char *cond_string
,
9194 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9196 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9198 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9199 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9200 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9203 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9206 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9208 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9210 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9211 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9212 extra_string
= NULL
;
9216 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9218 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9220 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9222 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9224 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9227 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9230 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9232 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9233 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9234 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9235 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9236 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9239 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9240 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9241 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9242 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9249 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9252 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9253 are ok for the target. */
9256 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9257 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9260 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9261 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9263 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9264 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9267 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9268 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9272 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9273 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9280 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9282 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9283 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9284 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9285 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9287 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9288 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9289 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9290 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9294 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9295 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9296 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9298 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9300 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9301 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9303 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9306 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9307 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9308 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9310 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9311 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9312 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9316 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9318 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9319 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9322 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9325 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9326 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9330 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9331 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9332 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9333 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9334 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9335 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9336 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9337 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9338 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9340 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9343 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9345 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9346 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9347 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9350 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9355 /* Set a breakpoint.
9356 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9357 condition, and thread.
9358 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9359 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9363 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9365 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9366 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9367 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9369 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9371 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9373 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9374 if (location
!= NULL
9375 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9376 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9378 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9380 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9382 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9383 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9384 0 /* Ignore count */,
9385 pending_break_support
,
9393 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9396 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9400 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9402 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9403 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9404 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9407 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9408 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9409 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9410 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9413 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9415 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9416 const struct block
*b
;
9419 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9420 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9423 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9426 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9427 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9432 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9433 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9434 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9435 happen in assembly source). */
9437 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9438 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9440 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9442 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9449 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9451 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9455 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9457 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9461 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9463 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9467 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9469 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9473 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9475 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9476 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9477 stop at <line>\n"));
9481 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9487 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9489 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9492 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9493 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9494 function/method name. */
9495 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9497 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9502 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9504 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9508 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9510 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9514 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9518 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9522 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9525 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9526 it is probably a line number. */
9527 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9529 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9534 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9536 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9540 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9542 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9545 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9546 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9547 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9551 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9553 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9555 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9556 the next character must be ','. */
9559 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9560 error (_("Format string required"));
9563 /* Skip the comma. */
9568 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9570 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9572 0 /* Ignore count */,
9573 pending_break_support
,
9574 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9582 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9584 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9587 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9588 ranged breakpoints. */
9591 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9592 const address_space
*aspace
,
9594 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9596 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9597 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9600 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9601 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9604 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9605 ranged breakpoints. */
9608 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9610 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9613 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9614 ranged breakpoints. */
9616 static enum print_stop_action
9617 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9619 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9620 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9621 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9623 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9625 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9626 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9628 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9630 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9632 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9633 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9635 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9636 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9638 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9639 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9640 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9642 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9645 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9648 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9649 ranged breakpoints. */
9652 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9653 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9655 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9656 struct value_print_options opts
;
9657 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9659 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9660 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9662 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9664 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9665 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9666 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9667 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9669 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9673 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9674 ranged breakpoints. */
9677 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9678 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9680 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9681 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9686 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9687 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9689 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9690 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9691 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9692 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9693 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9697 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9698 ranged breakpoints. */
9701 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9703 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9704 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9707 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9709 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9710 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9711 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9714 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9715 ranged breakpoints. */
9718 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9721 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9722 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9723 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9726 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9728 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9730 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9731 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9732 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9733 last instruction of the given line. */
9736 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9740 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9741 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9742 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9749 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9751 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9753 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9760 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9763 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9765 const char *arg_start
;
9766 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9767 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9769 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9771 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9772 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9773 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9775 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9776 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9777 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9780 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9782 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9783 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9784 error(_("No address range specified."));
9787 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9789 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9792 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9793 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9794 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9796 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9798 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9799 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9800 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9802 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9803 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9805 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9806 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9808 /* Parse the end location. */
9812 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9813 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9814 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9815 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9816 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9817 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9819 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9820 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9821 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9823 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9824 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9826 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9827 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9828 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9829 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9831 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9833 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9834 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9835 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9837 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9839 /* Length overflowed. */
9840 error (_("Address range too large."));
9841 else if (length
== 1)
9843 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9844 the `hbreak' command. */
9845 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9850 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9851 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9852 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9853 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9854 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9855 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9856 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9857 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9858 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9861 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9862 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9865 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9866 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9867 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9871 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9879 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9880 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9883 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9893 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9894 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9895 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9896 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9897 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9899 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9925 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9928 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9929 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9934 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
9935 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
9936 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
9937 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9938 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9939 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9940 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9942 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9943 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9948 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9950 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9951 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9952 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9953 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9955 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9956 are always constant. */
9958 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
9960 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
9961 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
9962 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
9967 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9968 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9969 then it is not a constant. */
9978 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
9980 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
9982 xfree (this->exp_string
);
9983 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
9986 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9989 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9991 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9993 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9994 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9996 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9997 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9998 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9999 are loaded and unloaded.
10001 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10002 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10003 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10004 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10005 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10006 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10008 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10009 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10010 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10011 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10013 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10014 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10016 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10017 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10018 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10021 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10024 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10026 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10027 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10029 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10030 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10033 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10036 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10038 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10039 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10041 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10042 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10046 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10047 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10048 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10050 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10051 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10053 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10054 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10055 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10056 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10057 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10058 (did not match the data address). */
10059 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10060 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10067 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10069 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10071 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10074 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10075 hardware watchpoints. */
10078 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10080 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10081 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10083 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10086 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10087 hardware watchpoints. */
10090 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10092 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10093 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10096 static enum print_stop_action
10097 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10099 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10100 enum print_stop_action result
;
10101 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10102 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10104 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10106 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10107 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10109 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10110 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10114 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10117 case bp_watchpoint
:
10118 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10119 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10120 uiout
->field_string
10121 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10123 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10124 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10125 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10126 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10127 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10128 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10129 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10130 uiout
->text ("\n");
10131 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10132 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10135 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10136 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10137 uiout
->field_string
10138 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10140 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10141 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10142 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10143 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10144 uiout
->text ("\n");
10145 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10148 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10149 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10151 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10152 uiout
->field_string
10154 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10156 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10157 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10158 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10159 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10160 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10165 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10166 uiout
->field_string
10168 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10169 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10170 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10172 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10173 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10174 uiout
->text ("\n");
10175 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10178 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10184 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10188 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10190 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10191 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10192 const char *tuple_name
;
10196 case bp_watchpoint
:
10197 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10198 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10200 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10201 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10202 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10204 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10205 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10206 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10208 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10209 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10210 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10213 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10214 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10217 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10218 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10219 uiout
->text (": ");
10220 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10223 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10227 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10229 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10233 case bp_watchpoint
:
10234 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10235 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10237 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10238 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10240 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10241 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10244 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10245 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10249 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10252 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10256 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10258 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10259 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10260 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10268 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10270 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10271 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10274 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10276 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10278 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10279 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10282 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10283 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10286 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10288 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10290 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10291 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10294 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10295 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10298 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10300 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10302 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10305 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10306 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10309 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10314 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10315 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10317 static enum print_stop_action
10318 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10320 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10321 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10323 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10324 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10326 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10327 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10331 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10332 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10333 uiout
->field_string
10334 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10337 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10338 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10339 uiout
->field_string
10340 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10343 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10344 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10345 uiout
->field_string
10347 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10350 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10351 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10355 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10356 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10357 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10358 uiout
->text ("\n");
10360 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10361 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10364 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10365 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10368 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10369 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10371 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10373 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10374 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10376 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10377 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10378 uiout
->text ("\n");
10381 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10382 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10385 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10387 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10388 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10389 const char *tuple_name
;
10393 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10394 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10395 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10397 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10398 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10399 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10401 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10402 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10403 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10406 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10407 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10410 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10411 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10412 uiout
->text (": ");
10413 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10416 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10417 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10420 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10422 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10427 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10428 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10430 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10431 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10433 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10434 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10437 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10438 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10441 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10442 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10443 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10446 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10448 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10450 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10453 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10455 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10458 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10459 hw_read: watch read,
10460 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10462 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10463 int just_location
, int internal
)
10465 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10466 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10467 struct value
*result
;
10468 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10469 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10470 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10471 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10473 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10474 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10475 enum bptype bp_type
;
10478 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10479 the hardware watchpoint. */
10481 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10483 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10484 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10486 const char *value_start
;
10488 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10490 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10491 of the arguments string. */
10492 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10494 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10495 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10498 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10499 This is the value of the parameter. */
10500 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10502 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10504 /* Skip whitespace. */
10505 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10510 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10511 This is the parameter itself. */
10512 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10515 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10517 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10519 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10520 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10521 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10522 only in a specific thread. */
10526 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10528 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10529 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10531 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10532 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10533 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10535 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10537 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10539 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10540 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10542 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10545 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10547 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10549 mark
= value_mark ();
10550 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10551 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10552 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10555 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10558 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10559 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10566 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10567 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10569 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10570 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10571 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10572 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10574 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10575 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10577 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10580 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10581 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10585 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10586 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10588 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10591 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10592 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10593 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10594 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10597 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10599 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10600 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10608 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10609 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10610 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10614 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10617 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10618 else if (ret
== -2)
10619 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10622 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10623 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10625 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10626 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10628 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10629 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10631 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10632 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10633 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10635 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10636 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10637 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10642 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10644 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10646 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10648 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10650 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10651 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10652 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10653 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10654 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10656 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10658 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10660 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10661 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10664 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10665 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10666 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10668 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10671 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10673 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10674 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10676 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10677 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10679 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10680 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10681 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10682 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10683 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10684 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10685 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10689 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10690 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10691 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10692 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10694 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10695 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10696 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10697 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10699 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10701 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10704 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10705 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10707 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10708 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10709 w
->thread
= thread
;
10710 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10711 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10712 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10713 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10714 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10717 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10718 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10720 w
->exp_string_reparse
10721 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10723 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10724 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10727 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10731 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10736 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10737 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10742 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10744 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10746 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10748 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10749 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10753 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10754 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10757 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10759 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10760 need to act on them together. */
10761 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10762 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10765 if (!just_location
)
10766 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10768 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10769 that should be inserted. */
10770 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10772 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10775 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10776 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10779 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10781 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10783 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10784 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10787 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10788 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10790 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10791 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10792 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10793 hardware watchpoint.
10795 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10796 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10797 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10798 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10799 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10800 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10801 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10802 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10803 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10805 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10806 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10807 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10808 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10809 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10811 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10813 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10815 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10816 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10817 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10818 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10819 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10820 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10824 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10825 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10826 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10828 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10829 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10830 middle of some value chain. */
10832 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10833 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10835 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10839 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10840 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10841 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10843 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10847 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10851 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10852 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10853 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10854 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10855 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10858 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10859 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10860 return found_memory_cnt
;
10864 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10866 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10869 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10870 calls watch_command_1. */
10873 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10875 int just_location
= 0;
10878 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10879 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10882 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10886 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10888 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10892 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10894 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10898 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10900 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10904 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10906 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10910 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10912 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10916 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10917 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10920 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10922 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10925 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10926 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
10928 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10930 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
10932 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10933 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
10934 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
10935 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10937 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint
)),
10938 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint
))
10942 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10943 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10944 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10947 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10948 until(location)/advance commands. */
10951 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10953 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10954 location_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
10955 || (caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
10956 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10957 caller_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
))
10963 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10964 until(location)/advance commands. */
10967 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10969 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10970 location_breakpoint
.reset ();
10971 caller_breakpoint
.reset ();
10972 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10975 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10976 until(location)/advance commands. */
10978 enum async_reply_reason
10979 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10981 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
10985 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10987 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10988 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
10989 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
10990 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
10992 struct thread_info
*tp
;
10994 clear_proceed_status (0);
10996 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10999 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11001 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11002 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11003 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11004 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11005 get_last_displayed_line ())
11006 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11009 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11010 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11012 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11015 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11017 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11019 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11020 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11022 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11023 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11024 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11027 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11028 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11029 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11030 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11032 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11035 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11037 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11039 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11041 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11042 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11044 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11045 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11046 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11047 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11052 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11053 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11056 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11059 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11061 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11062 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11063 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11064 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11066 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11067 only at the very same frame. */
11068 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11069 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11071 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11072 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11073 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11076 lj_deleter
->release ();
11078 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11081 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11082 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11084 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11085 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11086 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11087 if clause in the arg string. */
11090 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11092 const char *cond_string
;
11094 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11097 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11100 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11101 condition string. */
11102 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11103 cond_string
= *arg
;
11105 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11107 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11109 return cond_string
;
11112 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11113 process start/exit, etc. */
11117 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11118 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11123 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11124 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11126 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11127 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11128 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11131 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11132 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11133 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11137 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11139 /* The allowed syntax is:
11141 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11143 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11144 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11146 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11147 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11149 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11150 and enable reporting of such events. */
11153 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11154 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11155 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11156 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11158 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11159 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11160 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11161 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11164 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11170 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11171 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11173 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11175 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11177 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11181 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11183 /* The allowed syntax is:
11185 catch exec if <cond>
11187 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11188 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11190 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11191 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11193 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11194 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11195 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11196 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11198 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11202 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11203 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11204 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11205 const char *addr_string
,
11206 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11213 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11215 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11217 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11218 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11219 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11220 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11221 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11222 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11223 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11224 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11225 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11226 enough for now, though. */
11229 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11231 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11232 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11233 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11234 language_def (language_ada
));
11235 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11239 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11241 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11246 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11248 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11251 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11254 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11256 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11257 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11259 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11261 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11264 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11268 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11271 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11274 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11276 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11279 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11280 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11281 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11285 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11286 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11287 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11289 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11293 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11294 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11295 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11296 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11297 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11298 error (_("No source file specified."));
11304 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11305 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11306 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11307 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11309 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11310 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11311 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11312 due to optimization, all in one block.
11314 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11315 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11316 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11317 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11318 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11319 to support that. */
11321 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11322 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11323 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11326 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11327 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11329 const char *sal_fullname
;
11331 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11332 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11333 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11336 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11341 1 0 <can't happen> */
11343 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11344 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11346 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11347 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11350 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11351 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11353 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11354 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11356 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11357 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11358 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11360 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11361 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11362 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11363 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11364 int line_match
= 0;
11366 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11367 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11368 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11369 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11370 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11371 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11372 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11375 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11384 found
.push_back (b
);
11388 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11389 if (found
.empty ())
11392 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11394 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11397 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11398 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11399 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11401 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11403 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11404 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11406 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11410 if (found
.size () > 1)
11411 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11414 if (found
.size () == 1)
11415 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11417 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11420 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11423 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11424 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11427 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11430 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11431 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11432 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11435 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11437 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11439 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11440 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11441 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11443 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11445 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11447 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11448 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11452 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11453 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11454 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11455 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11456 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11457 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11460 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11462 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11463 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11465 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11466 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11468 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11469 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11472 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11473 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11474 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11476 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11477 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11478 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11480 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11481 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11482 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11484 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11485 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11486 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11488 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11491 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11492 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11493 content of the bp_locations array. */
11496 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11498 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11500 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11501 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11505 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11507 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11510 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11511 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11513 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11514 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11515 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11516 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11518 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11520 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11521 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11522 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11523 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11527 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11530 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11533 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11535 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11537 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11539 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11540 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11541 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11543 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11544 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11545 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11548 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11550 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11551 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11553 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11556 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11559 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11561 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11562 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11563 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11564 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11567 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11569 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11572 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11574 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11575 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11576 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11577 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11581 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11584 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11586 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11587 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11588 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11589 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11591 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11592 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11593 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11594 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11595 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11597 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11598 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11599 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11600 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11601 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11602 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11603 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11604 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11607 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11608 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11609 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11613 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11615 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11616 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11617 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11620 address
= bl
->address
;
11621 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11623 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11624 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11625 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11627 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11628 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11631 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11632 the same program space as the location
11633 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11634 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11635 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11639 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11640 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11643 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11644 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11645 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11646 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11647 that have already been marked. */
11648 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11650 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11652 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11655 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11656 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11657 locations are duplicate of which.
11659 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11660 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11664 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11666 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11667 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11668 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11669 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11670 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11671 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11673 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11674 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11675 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11676 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11677 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11679 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11680 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11681 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11682 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11684 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11685 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11686 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11687 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11688 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11690 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11691 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11692 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11694 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11695 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11696 bp_locations_count
++;
11698 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11699 locp
= bp_locations
;
11700 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11701 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11703 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11704 bp_locations_compare
);
11706 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11708 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11709 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11710 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11711 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11712 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11715 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11716 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11718 locp
= bp_locations
;
11719 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11720 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11723 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11724 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11726 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11727 not, we have to free it. */
11728 int found_object
= 0;
11729 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11730 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11733 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11734 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11735 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11736 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11740 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11741 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11744 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11745 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11746 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11748 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11749 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11750 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11752 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11753 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11756 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11760 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11761 have to go through updates again. */
11762 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11764 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11766 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11768 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11769 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11770 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11771 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11772 at certain location is not inserted. */
11774 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11776 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11779 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11781 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11782 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11783 keep_in_target
= 1;
11787 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11788 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11789 remove its target-side condition. */
11791 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11792 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11793 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11794 this one from the target. */
11796 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11797 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11800 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11801 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11804 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11806 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11808 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11809 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11810 supported, but the latter are. */
11811 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11813 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11814 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11817 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11818 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11820 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11821 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11823 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11824 keep_in_target
= 1;
11832 if (!keep_in_target
)
11834 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11836 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11837 this location on the global list, and try to
11838 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11839 reason why we will succeed next time.
11841 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11842 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11843 only after calling us. */
11844 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11845 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11846 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11854 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11855 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11857 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11858 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11859 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11860 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11861 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11862 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11863 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11864 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11865 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11866 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11867 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11868 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11869 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11870 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11873 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11874 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11876 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11877 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11878 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11879 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11880 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11881 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11882 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11883 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11884 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11885 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11886 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11887 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11888 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11891 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11892 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11893 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11894 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11896 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11897 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11898 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11899 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11900 traps we can no longer explain. */
11902 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11903 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11905 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11909 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11910 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11915 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11916 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11917 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11918 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11919 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11920 are sorted first for the same address.
11922 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11923 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11925 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11926 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11927 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11928 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11929 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
11931 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11933 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11936 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11937 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
11938 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11939 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11940 `struct bp_location'. */
11941 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11943 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11944 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11948 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11949 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11950 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11951 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11952 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11953 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11955 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11957 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11958 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11959 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11961 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11962 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11964 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11966 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11967 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11968 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11974 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11975 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11976 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11978 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11979 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
11981 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11982 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11985 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11987 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11988 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11991 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11992 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11993 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11994 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11995 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11997 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12001 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12002 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12006 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12008 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12010 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12011 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12013 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12014 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12021 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12026 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12028 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12033 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12036 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12040 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12041 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12043 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12044 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12045 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12049 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12051 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12053 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12055 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12059 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12063 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12065 struct value_print_options opts
;
12067 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12069 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12071 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12073 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12074 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12075 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12076 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12078 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12079 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12081 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12083 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12084 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12089 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12090 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12096 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12098 printf_filtered (" at ");
12099 fputs_styled (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12100 address_style
.style (),
12103 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12105 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12107 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12109 puts_filtered (": file ");
12110 fputs_styled (symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12111 file_name_style
.style (),
12113 printf_filtered (", line %d.",
12114 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12117 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12118 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12119 real situation somewhat. */
12120 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12121 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12126 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12128 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12130 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12135 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12137 xfree (function_name
);
12140 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12142 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12144 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12145 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12146 xfree (this->filter
);
12149 static struct bp_location
*
12150 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12152 return new bp_location (self
);
12156 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12158 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12161 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12162 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12165 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12167 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12171 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12172 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12174 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12178 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12179 const address_space
*aspace
,
12181 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12183 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12187 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12192 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12196 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12198 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12201 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12205 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12207 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12210 static enum print_stop_action
12211 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12213 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12217 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12218 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12224 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12226 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12230 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12232 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12236 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12237 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12238 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12239 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12241 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12245 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12246 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12247 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12248 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12249 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12250 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12252 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12253 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12254 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12255 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12257 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12260 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12261 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12262 const struct event_location
*location
,
12263 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12265 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12268 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12271 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12276 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12279 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12281 /* Nothing to do. */
12284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12286 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12287 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12288 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12289 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12290 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12291 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12292 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12293 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12294 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12296 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12297 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12298 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12299 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12300 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12301 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12302 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12303 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12306 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12309 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12311 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12312 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12314 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12315 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12319 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12323 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12325 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12327 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12328 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12330 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12331 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12333 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12337 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12339 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12340 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12342 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12346 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12347 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12348 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12350 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12351 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12354 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12358 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12359 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12360 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12367 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12368 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12369 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12371 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12372 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12374 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12375 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12376 be set at the same address. */
12380 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12384 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12386 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12391 static enum print_stop_action
12392 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12394 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12395 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12397 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12399 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12401 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12402 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12404 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12405 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12406 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12409 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12410 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12413 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12415 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12416 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12418 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12419 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12420 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12422 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12423 uiout
->text (", ");
12425 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12429 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12431 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12436 case bp_breakpoint
:
12437 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12438 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12439 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12441 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12442 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12443 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12444 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12446 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12447 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12450 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12458 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12460 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12461 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12462 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12463 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12464 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12465 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12466 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12467 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12468 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12470 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12471 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12473 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12474 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12476 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12477 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12478 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12479 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12481 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12485 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12486 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12487 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12489 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12493 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12494 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12495 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12496 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12497 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12498 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12500 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12501 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12502 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12503 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12505 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12506 std::move (cond_string
),
12507 std::move (extra_string
),
12509 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12510 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12511 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12514 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12515 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12516 const struct event_location
*location
,
12517 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12519 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12522 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12525 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12529 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12530 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12531 case bp_overlay_event
:
12532 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12533 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12534 case bp_exception_master
:
12535 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12538 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12539 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12540 case bp_shlib_event
:
12542 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12543 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12544 case bp_thread_event
:
12550 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12552 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12554 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12555 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12556 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12557 objects (among other things). */
12558 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12559 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12565 static enum print_stop_action
12566 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12568 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12570 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12574 case bp_shlib_event
:
12575 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12576 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12577 to shlib event" message.) */
12578 print_solib_event (0);
12581 case bp_thread_event
:
12582 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12583 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12584 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12587 case bp_overlay_event
:
12588 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12589 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12592 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12593 /* These should never be enabled. */
12594 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12597 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12598 /* These should never be enabled. */
12599 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12600 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12603 case bp_exception_master
:
12604 /* These should never be enabled. */
12605 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12606 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12610 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12614 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12616 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12619 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12622 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12624 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12625 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12626 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12627 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12631 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12633 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12636 static enum print_stop_action
12637 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12639 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12643 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12645 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12648 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12650 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12651 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12653 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12655 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12658 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12661 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12664 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12666 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12670 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12672 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12679 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12680 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12682 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12683 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12685 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12689 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12690 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12691 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12693 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12695 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12697 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12698 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12701 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12702 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12703 const struct event_location
*location
,
12704 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12706 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12708 error (_("probe not found"));
12712 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12715 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12717 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12721 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12722 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12723 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12725 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12731 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12732 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12734 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12735 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12737 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12739 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12740 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12741 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12742 uiout
->text ("\n");
12747 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12749 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12754 case bp_tracepoint
:
12755 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12756 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12758 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12759 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12760 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12762 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12763 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12764 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12767 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12768 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12775 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12777 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12779 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12780 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12781 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12782 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12783 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12786 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12787 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12789 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12790 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12791 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12793 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12794 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12798 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12799 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12800 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12802 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12806 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12807 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12808 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12809 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12810 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12811 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12813 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12814 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12815 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12816 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12818 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12819 std::move (cond_string
),
12820 std::move (extra_string
),
12822 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12823 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12824 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12827 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12828 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12829 const struct event_location
*location
,
12830 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12832 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12835 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12837 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12841 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12842 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12843 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12844 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12846 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12847 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12850 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12851 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12852 const struct event_location
*location
,
12853 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12855 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12856 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12859 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12861 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12864 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12866 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12868 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12869 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12871 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12872 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12873 3 - disconnect from target 1
12874 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12876 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12877 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12878 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12879 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12880 it all the time. */
12881 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12882 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12885 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12888 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12890 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12891 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12893 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12896 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12899 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12900 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12901 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12902 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12903 address are all handled. */
12906 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12908 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
12909 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
12911 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12912 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12913 condition not be evaluated. */
12916 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12917 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12918 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12919 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12920 commands here throws. */
12921 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
12922 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
12924 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
12926 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12927 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12931 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12935 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12936 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12937 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12939 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12940 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12942 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12943 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12945 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12946 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12947 canonical
->location
12948 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12951 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12952 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12956 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12957 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12958 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12959 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12960 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12961 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12963 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12964 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12965 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12966 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12968 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12970 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12971 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12972 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12973 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12974 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12975 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12977 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12979 event_location_up location
12980 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
12982 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
12983 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
12984 std::move (location
), NULL
,
12985 std::move (cond_string
),
12986 std::move (extra_string
),
12987 type_wanted
, disposition
,
12988 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
12989 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
12990 canonical
->special_display
);
12991 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12992 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12993 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12994 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12995 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12996 corresponds to this one */
12997 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
12999 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13003 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13004 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13005 const struct event_location
*location
,
13006 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13008 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13009 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13011 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13012 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13014 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13019 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13022 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13025 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13027 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13030 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13034 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13038 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13040 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13041 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13044 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13045 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13046 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13047 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13048 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13051 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13052 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13053 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13054 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13056 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13059 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13060 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13061 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13063 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13064 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13066 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13067 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13068 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13069 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13073 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13075 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13076 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13077 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13078 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13079 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13082 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13083 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13084 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13085 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13087 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13089 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13090 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13092 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13093 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13095 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13099 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13101 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13102 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13103 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13104 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13105 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13106 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13107 commands won't work. */
13109 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13111 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13112 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13113 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13114 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13115 might be better design to have location completely
13116 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13117 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13119 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13120 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13121 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13125 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13126 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13129 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13130 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13132 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13137 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13139 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13140 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13142 if (next
== related
)
13144 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13145 function (related
);
13147 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13148 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13153 function (related
);
13157 while (related
!= b
);
13161 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13163 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13169 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13171 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13172 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13173 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13174 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13175 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13177 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13181 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13183 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13185 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13186 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13187 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13191 map_breakpoint_numbers
13192 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13194 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13198 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13199 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13203 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13205 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13207 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13208 if ((pspace
== NULL
13209 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13210 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13211 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13216 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13217 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13218 Null names are ignored. */
13221 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13223 struct bp_location
*l
;
13224 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13227 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13230 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13232 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13236 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13238 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13242 htab_delete (htab
);
13248 htab_delete (htab
);
13252 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13253 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13254 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13255 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13256 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13257 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13258 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13259 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13262 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13263 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13264 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13265 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13266 in the sources, and output a warning.
13268 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13269 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13270 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13271 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13272 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13275 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13276 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13277 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13278 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13279 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13280 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13281 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13282 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13283 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13285 static struct symtab_and_line
13286 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13288 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13289 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13294 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13296 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13298 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13299 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13300 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13301 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13303 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13308 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13310 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13312 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13313 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13315 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13316 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13317 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13319 if (!markers
.empty ())
13321 struct symbol
*sym
;
13322 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13323 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13324 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13326 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13328 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13330 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13331 "found at previous line number"),
13332 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13334 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13335 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13336 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13339 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
),
13340 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION
);
13341 uiout
->text (" at ");
13343 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13344 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13345 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
13348 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13350 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13352 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13355 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13356 uiout
->text ("\n");
13358 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13359 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13361 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13362 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13363 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13364 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13365 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13366 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13367 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13369 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13376 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13377 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13380 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13384 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13387 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13390 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13397 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13403 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13404 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13405 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13407 static struct bp_location
*
13408 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13410 struct bp_location head
;
13411 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13412 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13413 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13415 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13426 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13441 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13442 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13443 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13444 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13448 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13449 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13450 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13451 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13453 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13455 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13457 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13459 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13460 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13461 "multiple locations found\n"),
13466 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13467 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13468 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13469 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13470 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13471 individual locations. */
13472 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13475 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13477 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13479 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13481 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13483 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13485 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13487 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13491 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13494 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13495 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13498 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13500 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13501 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13502 b
->number
, e
.what ());
13503 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13507 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13509 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13511 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13515 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13518 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13519 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13520 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13521 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13522 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13523 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13524 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13526 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13528 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13530 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13531 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13533 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13534 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13542 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13543 if (l
->function_name
13544 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13554 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13555 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13558 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13559 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13561 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13562 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13563 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13565 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13567 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13569 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13573 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13575 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13577 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13579 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13580 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13581 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13582 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13583 state, then user already saw the message about that
13584 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13586 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13587 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13589 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13590 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13591 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13592 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13593 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13594 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13596 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13598 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13599 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13600 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13601 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13602 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13603 which approach is better. */
13604 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13608 exception
= std::move (e
);
13611 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13613 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13614 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13615 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13617 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13620 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13621 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13623 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13625 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13626 b
->thread
= thread
;
13630 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13631 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13633 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13636 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13637 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13647 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13648 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13652 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13654 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13655 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13658 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13659 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13661 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13663 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13665 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13666 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13667 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13669 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13672 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13675 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13676 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13679 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13680 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13681 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13683 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13686 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13687 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13691 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13692 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13693 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13694 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13695 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13696 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13698 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13699 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13700 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13701 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13703 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13704 std::move (cond_string
),
13705 std::move (extra_string
),
13706 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13707 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13708 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13711 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13712 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13714 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13715 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13716 const struct event_location
*location
,
13717 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13719 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13721 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13722 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13725 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13726 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13728 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13730 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13731 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13736 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13739 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13741 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13742 set_language (b
->language
);
13744 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13747 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13748 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13751 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13753 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13756 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13757 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13758 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13760 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13761 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13762 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13763 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13764 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13765 we select the current frame.
13767 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13768 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13769 have been reset. */
13770 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13771 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13773 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13774 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13775 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13776 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13778 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13782 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13784 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13786 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13787 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13792 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13795 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13796 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13797 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13798 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13800 /* Now we can insert. */
13801 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13804 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13806 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13807 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13809 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13811 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13813 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13815 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13816 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13817 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13819 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13823 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13824 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13825 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13828 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13830 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13835 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13836 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13838 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13840 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13841 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13846 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13850 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13851 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13853 else if (count
== 1)
13854 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13857 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13858 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13861 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13865 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13868 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13871 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13873 const char *p
= args
;
13877 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13879 num
= get_number (&p
);
13881 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13883 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13885 set_ignore_count (num
,
13886 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13889 printf_filtered ("\n");
13893 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13894 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13897 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13898 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13900 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13902 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13903 bp_num_range
.first
);
13907 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
13909 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13911 bool match
= false;
13913 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
13914 if (b
->number
== i
)
13921 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13926 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13930 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13931 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13933 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13934 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13936 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13938 while (!parser
.finished ())
13940 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13941 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13945 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13946 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13948 static struct bp_location
*
13949 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13951 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13953 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13954 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
13959 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13960 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13963 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13966 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13967 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13970 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13973 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13974 enum class extract_bp_kind
13976 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13979 /* Extracting a location number. */
13983 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13984 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13985 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13986 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13987 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13990 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
13991 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
13993 const char *end
= start
;
13994 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
13996 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13997 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13998 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13999 int (end
- start
), start
);
14001 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14002 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14003 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14004 int (end
- start
), start
);
14006 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14011 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14012 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14013 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14014 are always positive integers. */
14016 static std::pair
<int, int>
14017 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14018 const std::string
&arg
,
14019 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14021 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14022 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14023 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14024 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14026 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14027 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14028 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14029 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14030 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14034 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14035 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14036 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14037 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14039 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14040 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14041 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14042 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14043 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14047 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14048 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14049 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14054 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14055 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14058 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14060 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14061 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14062 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14063 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14064 location number range.
14068 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14069 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14070 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14072 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14074 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14076 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14078 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14079 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14082 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14083 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14085 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14090 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14092 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14093 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14094 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14098 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14099 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14102 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14104 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14107 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14109 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14110 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14112 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14113 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14114 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14115 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14117 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14119 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14122 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14123 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14124 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14125 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14129 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14130 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14133 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14134 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14137 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14138 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14139 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14142 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14144 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14145 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14146 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14147 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14150 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14152 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14153 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14155 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14156 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14158 struct bp_location
*location
;
14160 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14161 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14164 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14166 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14169 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14170 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14171 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14172 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14175 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14179 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14181 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14182 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14185 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14187 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14192 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14194 while (!num
.empty ())
14196 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14198 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14200 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14201 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14203 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14204 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14206 ? enable_breakpoint
14207 : disable_breakpoint
);
14211 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14213 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14214 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14216 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14221 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14222 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14223 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14224 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14227 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14229 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14233 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14236 int target_resources_ok
;
14238 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14241 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14242 target_resources_ok
=
14243 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14245 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14246 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14247 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14248 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14251 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14253 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14254 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14258 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14260 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14261 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14262 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14264 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14266 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14267 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14273 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14275 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14276 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14278 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14279 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14281 struct bp_location
*location
;
14283 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14284 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14287 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14288 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14289 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14291 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14296 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14298 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14301 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14302 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14303 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14304 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14307 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14309 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14313 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14315 map_breakpoint_numbers
14316 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14318 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14319 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14321 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14327 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14332 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14334 count
= get_number (&args
);
14336 map_breakpoint_numbers
14337 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14339 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14340 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14342 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14348 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14350 map_breakpoint_numbers
14351 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14353 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14354 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14356 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14362 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14367 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14371 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14372 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14376 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14377 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14378 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14380 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14383 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14384 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14386 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14388 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14390 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14392 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14393 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14394 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14395 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14404 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14407 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14408 const address_space
*aspace
,
14411 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14412 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14413 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14415 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14417 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14418 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14421 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14423 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14424 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14425 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14427 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14430 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14433 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14435 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14436 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14438 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14440 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14442 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14443 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14445 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14446 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14454 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14457 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14458 const address_space
*aspace
,
14461 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14463 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14465 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14471 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14475 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14478 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14480 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14482 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14483 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14489 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14491 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14493 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14495 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14496 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14500 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14502 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14504 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14506 if (location
!= NULL
14507 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14508 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14510 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14512 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14514 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14516 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14517 0 /* Ignore count */,
14518 pending_break_support
,
14522 0 /* internal */, 0);
14526 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14528 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14530 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14532 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14534 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14535 0 /* Ignore count */,
14536 pending_break_support
,
14537 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14540 0 /* internal */, 0);
14543 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14546 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14548 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14549 event_location_up location
;
14551 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14552 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14553 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14555 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14556 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14560 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14561 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14564 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14566 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14568 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14569 0 /* Ignore count */,
14570 pending_break_support
,
14574 0 /* internal */, 0);
14577 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14578 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14580 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14581 static int next_cmd
;
14584 read_uploaded_action (void)
14586 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14588 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14590 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14597 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14598 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14599 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14600 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14601 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14603 struct tracepoint
*
14604 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14606 const char *addr_str
;
14607 char small_buf
[100];
14608 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14610 if (utp
->at_string
)
14611 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14614 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14615 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14616 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14618 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14619 "source location, using raw address"),
14621 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14622 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14625 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14626 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14627 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14628 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14631 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14633 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14635 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14636 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14638 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14639 0 /* Ignore count */,
14640 pending_break_support
,
14641 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14643 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14645 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14648 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14649 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14650 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14654 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14657 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14660 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14661 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14662 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14664 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14666 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14671 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14673 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14675 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14676 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14677 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14678 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14681 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14682 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14683 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14688 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14692 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14694 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14697 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14699 if (num_printed
== 0)
14701 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14702 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14704 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14707 default_collect_info ();
14710 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14711 Not supported by all targets. */
14713 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14715 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14718 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14719 Not supported by all targets. */
14721 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14723 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14726 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14728 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14730 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14736 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14738 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14739 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14740 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14742 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14743 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14745 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14749 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14751 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14753 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14754 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14755 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14759 map_breakpoint_numbers
14760 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14762 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14766 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14769 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14771 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14772 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14774 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14775 tp
->number
, count
);
14778 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14780 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14781 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14782 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14785 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14787 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14790 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14791 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14792 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14794 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14796 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14797 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14799 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14801 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14803 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14805 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14807 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14808 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14811 else if (*args
== '\0')
14813 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14815 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14819 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14820 while (!parser
.finished ())
14822 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14824 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14829 struct tracepoint
*
14830 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14832 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14834 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14835 if (t
->number
== num
)
14836 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14841 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14842 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14845 struct tracepoint
*
14846 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14850 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14852 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14854 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14861 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14862 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14863 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14864 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14866 struct tracepoint
*
14867 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14868 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14870 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14872 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14874 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14876 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14877 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14879 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14880 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14882 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14886 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14887 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14890 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14894 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14895 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14897 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14900 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14905 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14907 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14908 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14911 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14913 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14916 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14917 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14918 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14922 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14923 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14925 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
14927 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14929 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14930 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14932 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14935 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14936 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14939 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14940 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14945 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14947 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14949 /* We can stop searching. */
14956 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14960 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14964 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14965 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14966 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14968 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14969 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14973 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14974 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14977 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14978 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14981 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
14983 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14984 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14987 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14988 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
14990 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
14991 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
14993 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
14995 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
14997 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15000 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15002 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
15004 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15008 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15009 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15012 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15013 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15015 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15016 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15017 special, and not user visible. */
15018 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15020 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15023 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15025 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15029 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15030 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15033 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15036 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15039 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15041 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15044 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15047 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15049 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15052 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15054 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15055 all_tracepoints (void)
15057 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15058 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15060 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15062 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15069 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15070 locations used by several commands. */
15072 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15073 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15074 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15075 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15076 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15077 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15079 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15080 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15081 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15083 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15084 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15085 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15086 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15087 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15089 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15090 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15091 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15092 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15093 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15094 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15096 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15097 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15098 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15101 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15102 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15103 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15104 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15105 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15106 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15107 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15110 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15111 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15113 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15114 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15115 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15116 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15117 conditions are different.\n\
15119 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15121 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15122 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15124 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15125 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15128 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15129 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15130 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15131 void *user_data_catch
,
15132 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15134 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15136 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15138 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15139 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15140 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15142 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15144 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15145 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15146 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15150 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15152 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15153 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15154 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15157 struct breakpoint
*
15158 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15161 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15163 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15165 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15172 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15173 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15176 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15178 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15179 non-inline function. */
15180 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15186 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15187 have been inlined. */
15190 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15191 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15193 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15194 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15198 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15201 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15203 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15204 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15212 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15215 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15217 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15219 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15220 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15221 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15225 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15227 static int initialized
= 0;
15229 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15235 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15236 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15237 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15238 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15239 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15240 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15241 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15242 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15243 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15244 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15245 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15246 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15248 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15249 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15250 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15251 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15252 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15253 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15254 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15255 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15257 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15258 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15259 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15260 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15261 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15262 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15263 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15264 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15265 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15266 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15268 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15269 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15270 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15271 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15272 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15273 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15274 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15276 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15277 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15278 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15279 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15280 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15281 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15282 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15284 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15285 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15286 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15287 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15288 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15289 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15290 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15293 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15294 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15295 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15296 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15297 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15298 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15299 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15300 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15301 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15302 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15303 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15304 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15305 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15307 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15308 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15309 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15310 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15311 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15312 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15313 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15314 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15315 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15316 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15317 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15320 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15321 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15322 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15323 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15324 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15325 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15326 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15327 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15328 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15329 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15331 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15332 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15333 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15334 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15335 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15337 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15338 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15339 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15340 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15341 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15342 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15344 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15345 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15346 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15347 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15348 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15349 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15350 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15351 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15352 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15353 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15355 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15356 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15357 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15358 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15359 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15360 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15361 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15362 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15363 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15364 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15366 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15367 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15368 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15369 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15370 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15371 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15372 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15373 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15374 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15375 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15377 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15378 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15379 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15380 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15381 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15382 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15383 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15384 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15385 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15386 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15387 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15389 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15390 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15391 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15392 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15393 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15394 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15395 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15396 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15397 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15400 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15402 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15404 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15406 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15409 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15411 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15413 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15415 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15416 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15417 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15419 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15420 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15421 before a breakpoint is set. */
15422 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15424 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15426 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15427 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15428 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15430 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15431 commands_command
, _("\
15432 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15433 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15434 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15436 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15437 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15438 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15439 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15440 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15442 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15443 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15444 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15445 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15446 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15448 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15449 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15450 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15451 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15452 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15454 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15455 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15457 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15458 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15459 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15460 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15462 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15463 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15465 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15466 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15467 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15468 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15470 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15471 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15473 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15474 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15475 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15476 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15477 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15478 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15479 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15481 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15483 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15484 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15485 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15486 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15487 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15488 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15490 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15491 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15492 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15495 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15496 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15497 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15500 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15501 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15502 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15503 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15506 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15507 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15508 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15511 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15512 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15513 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15516 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15517 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15518 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15519 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15522 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15523 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15524 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15525 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15526 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15527 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15528 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15529 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15531 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15532 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15533 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15534 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15535 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15536 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15539 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15540 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15541 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15542 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15544 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15545 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15546 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15547 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15548 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15550 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15551 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15552 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15553 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15554 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15557 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15558 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15559 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15561 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15562 is executing in.\n"
15563 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15564 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15565 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15567 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15568 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15569 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15570 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15572 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15573 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15574 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15575 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15579 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15580 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15581 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15582 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15583 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15584 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15585 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15586 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15587 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15588 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15589 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15590 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15591 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15592 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15593 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15594 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15596 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15597 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15598 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15599 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15600 breakpoint set."));
15603 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15604 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15605 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15606 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15607 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15608 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15609 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15610 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15611 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15613 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15614 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15615 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15616 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15617 breakpoint set."));
15619 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15621 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15622 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15623 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15624 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15625 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15626 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15627 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15628 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15629 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15630 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15631 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15632 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15633 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15635 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15636 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15637 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15638 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15640 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15642 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15643 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15644 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15645 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15647 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15648 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15649 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15650 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15652 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15653 catch_fork_command_1
,
15655 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15656 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15657 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15658 catch_fork_command_1
,
15660 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15661 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15662 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15663 catch_exec_command_1
,
15667 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15668 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15669 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15670 catch_load_command_1
,
15674 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15675 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15676 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15677 catch_unload_command_1
,
15682 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15683 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15684 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15685 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15686 an expression changes.\n\
15687 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15688 the memory to which it refers."));
15689 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15691 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15692 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15693 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15694 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15695 an expression is read.\n\
15696 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15697 the memory to which it refers."));
15698 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15700 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15701 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15702 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15703 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15704 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15705 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15706 the memory to which it refers."));
15707 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15709 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15710 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15712 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15713 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15714 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15715 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15716 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15717 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15718 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15719 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15720 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15723 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15724 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15726 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15728 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15730 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15731 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15733 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15734 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15735 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15737 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15738 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15739 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15740 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15742 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15743 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15745 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15746 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15747 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15749 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15750 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15752 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15753 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15754 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15755 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15756 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15757 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15758 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15759 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15760 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15762 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15763 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15764 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15765 conditions are different.\n\
15767 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15768 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15769 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15771 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15772 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15773 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15774 last tracepoint set."));
15776 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15778 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15779 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15780 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15781 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15783 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15785 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15786 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15787 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15788 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15790 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15792 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15793 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15794 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15795 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15797 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15799 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15800 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15801 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15802 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15803 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15805 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15806 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15807 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15808 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15810 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15811 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15812 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15813 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15814 session to restore them."),
15816 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15818 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15819 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15820 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15822 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15824 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15825 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15827 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15828 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15829 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15830 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15831 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15832 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15833 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15834 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15835 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15836 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15837 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15838 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15840 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15841 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15842 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15843 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15844 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15845 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15846 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15847 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15849 show_pending_break_support
,
15850 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15851 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15853 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15855 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15856 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15857 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15858 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15859 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15860 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15861 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15863 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15864 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15865 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15867 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15868 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15869 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15870 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15871 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15872 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15873 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15874 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15875 when execution stops."),
15877 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15878 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15879 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15881 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15882 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15883 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15884 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15885 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15886 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15887 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15888 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15889 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15890 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15891 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15892 be set to \"gdb\""),
15893 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15894 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15895 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15896 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15898 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15899 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15900 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15901 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15902 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15903 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15904 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15905 or the start of the range\n\
15906 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15907 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15908 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15910 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15911 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15912 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15914 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15915 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15916 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15917 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15918 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15919 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15921 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15922 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15923 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15924 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15925 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15926 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15927 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15928 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15929 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15930 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15931 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15932 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15934 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
15935 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15936 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15937 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15938 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
15939 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15940 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15942 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
15943 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15944 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15945 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15946 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
15947 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15948 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15950 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15951 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15952 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15953 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15954 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15955 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15958 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15960 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
15961 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
15962 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15964 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
15966 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
15967 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);